1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
37 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
39 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
41 #include "coff/symconst.h"
42 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
43 #include "coff/mips.h"
47 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
48 There are three types of entry:
50 (1) absolute addresses
52 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
53 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
54 (3) global and forced-local symbols
55 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
57 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
58 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
59 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
60 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
61 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
62 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
64 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
65 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
66 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
67 arbitrary in this case.
69 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
70 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
71 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
74 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
75 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
76 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
77 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
78 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
79 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
82 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
84 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
85 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
89 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
91 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
92 that should be added to the symbol value. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
95 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
97 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
100 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
101 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
102 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
103 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
104 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
105 unsigned char tls_type
;
107 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
108 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
109 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
113 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
117 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
119 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
120 /* The number of global .got entries. */
121 unsigned int global_gotno
;
122 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
123 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
124 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
125 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
126 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
127 /* The number of local .got entries. */
128 unsigned int local_gotno
;
129 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
130 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
131 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
132 struct htab
*got_entries
;
133 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
134 unless multi-got was necessary. */
135 struct htab
*bfd2got
;
136 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
137 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
138 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
139 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
140 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
141 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
142 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
143 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset
;
146 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
148 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
150 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
153 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
154 create and merge bfd's gots. */
156 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
158 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
160 /* The output bfd. */
162 /* The link information. */
163 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
164 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
165 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
167 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
168 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
170 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
171 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
173 unsigned int max_count
;
174 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
175 unsigned int primary_count
;
176 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
177 unsigned int current_count
;
178 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
179 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
180 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
182 unsigned int global_count
;
185 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
187 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
189 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
191 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
192 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
196 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
198 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
200 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
204 struct _mips_elf_section_data
206 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
209 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
214 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
215 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
217 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
218 the dynamic symbols. */
220 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
222 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
224 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
225 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
226 symbol with a GOT entry. */
227 long min_got_dynindx
;
228 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
229 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
230 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
231 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
232 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
233 symbol without a GOT entry. */
234 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
237 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
238 the global hash table. */
240 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
242 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
244 /* External symbol information. */
247 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
249 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
251 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
252 a readonly section. */
253 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
255 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
256 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
257 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
259 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
261 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
262 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
265 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
266 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
267 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
269 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
270 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
273 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
274 being called returns a floating point value. */
275 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
277 /* Are we forced local? This will only be set if we have converted
278 the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry. */
279 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
281 /* Are we referenced by some kind of relocation? */
282 bfd_boolean is_relocation_target
;
284 /* Are we referenced by branch relocations? */
285 bfd_boolean is_branch_target
;
289 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
291 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
292 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
293 unsigned char tls_type
;
294 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
295 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
296 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
297 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
298 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
299 overloaded already. */
300 bfd_vma tls_got_offset
;
303 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
305 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
307 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
309 /* We no longer use this. */
310 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
311 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
313 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
314 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
315 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
316 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
317 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
318 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
319 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
320 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
322 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
323 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
324 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
325 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
326 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
334 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes (VxWorks only). */
335 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
336 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes (VxWorks only). */
337 bfd_vma plt_entry_size
;
338 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
339 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
342 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
343 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
344 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
345 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
346 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
347 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
348 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
349 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
350 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
351 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
352 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
353 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
354 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
355 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
357 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
362 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
363 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
364 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
368 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
370 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
373 "_procedure_string_table",
374 "_procedure_table_size",
378 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
383 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
384 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
385 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
386 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
387 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
388 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
397 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
398 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
399 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
403 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
404 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
405 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
406 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
407 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
408 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
413 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
414 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
415 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
416 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
417 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
425 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
431 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
433 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
435 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
436 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
437 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
438 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
439 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
440 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
441 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
442 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
444 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
445 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
446 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
447 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
448 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
450 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
451 has different meaning for each type:
454 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
455 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
456 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
457 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
460 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
461 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
462 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
463 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
465 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
466 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
467 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
468 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
470 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
471 loader for use by the static exception system. */
473 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
474 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
475 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
476 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
477 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
478 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
479 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
480 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
481 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
482 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
484 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
486 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
487 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
489 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
490 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*,
491 asection
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long, struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
492 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
493 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
494 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
496 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
498 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
499 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
500 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
501 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
502 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
504 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
505 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
506 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
507 (struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
509 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
510 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
512 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
513 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
514 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
516 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
517 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
518 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
520 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
521 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
523 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
524 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
525 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
527 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
528 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
529 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
531 /* The name of the options section. */
532 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
533 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
535 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
536 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
537 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
538 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
540 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
541 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
542 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
543 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
545 /* The name of the stub section. */
546 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
548 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
549 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
550 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
552 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
553 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
554 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
556 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
557 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
558 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
560 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
561 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
562 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
564 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
565 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
566 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
568 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
569 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
572 /* Get word-sized data. */
573 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
574 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
576 /* Put out word-sized data. */
577 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
579 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
580 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
582 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
583 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
584 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
586 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
587 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
589 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
590 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
591 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
592 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
593 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
594 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
595 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
596 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
597 section, that is RELA. */
598 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
599 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
600 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
601 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
602 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
603 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
604 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
606 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
607 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
608 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
610 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
611 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
612 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
613 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
615 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
616 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO(INFO) \
617 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 3 : 2)
619 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
620 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
621 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
623 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
625 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
627 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
628 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
630 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
631 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
632 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
634 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
635 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
636 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
637 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
638 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
639 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
640 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
642 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
643 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
645 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
646 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
648 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
651 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
652 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
653 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
654 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
657 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
658 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
659 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
660 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
661 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
662 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
663 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
664 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
666 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
667 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
669 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
671 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
672 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
675 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
676 floating point arguments.
678 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
679 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
680 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
681 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
682 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
683 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
684 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
685 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
687 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
688 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
689 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
690 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
691 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
692 stub should be discarded.
694 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
695 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
696 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
697 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
698 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
699 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
700 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
703 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
704 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
705 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
707 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
709 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
710 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
711 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
713 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
714 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] = {
715 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
716 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
717 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
718 0x00000000, /* nop */
719 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
723 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
724 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] = {
725 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
726 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
727 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
728 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
729 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
730 0x00000000, /* nop */
731 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
735 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
736 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] = {
737 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
738 0x00000000, /* nop */
739 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
740 0x00000000, /* nop */
741 0x00000000, /* nop */
745 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
746 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] = {
747 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
748 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
751 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
753 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
754 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
755 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
758 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
760 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
761 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
763 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
766 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
768 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
769 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
771 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
772 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
774 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
775 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
778 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
780 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
781 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
783 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
787 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
789 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
790 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
792 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
795 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
797 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
798 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
799 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
801 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
802 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
804 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
807 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
809 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
811 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
812 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
813 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
817 /* Set local fields. */
818 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
819 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
820 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
822 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
823 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
824 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
826 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
827 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
828 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
829 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
830 ret
->is_branch_target
= FALSE
;
831 ret
->is_relocation_target
= FALSE
;
832 ret
->tls_type
= GOT_NORMAL
;
835 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
839 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
841 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
843 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
844 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
846 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
849 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
852 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
855 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
856 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
859 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
860 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
863 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
866 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
867 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
869 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
870 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
873 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
874 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
877 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
878 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
880 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
882 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
883 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
887 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
888 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
889 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
891 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
892 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
896 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
897 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
898 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
899 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
900 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
901 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
903 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
904 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
905 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
906 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
907 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
917 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
919 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
920 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
921 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
922 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
923 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
924 free (debug
->external_sym
);
925 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
926 free (debug
->external_opt
);
927 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
928 free (debug
->external_aux
);
929 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
931 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
933 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
934 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
935 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
936 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
937 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
938 free (debug
->external_ext
);
942 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
945 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
947 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
948 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
949 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
950 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
951 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
952 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
954 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
955 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
957 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
960 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
963 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
964 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
965 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
967 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
968 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
970 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
972 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
973 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
978 unsigned long sindex
;
982 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
990 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
992 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
996 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
998 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1002 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1005 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1006 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1010 size
= sizeof (char *);
1011 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1015 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1016 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1017 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1021 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1024 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1025 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1028 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1031 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1032 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1034 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1035 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1036 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1037 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1038 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1039 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1040 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1041 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1042 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1043 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1045 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1046 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1050 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1051 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1052 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1055 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1059 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1062 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1064 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1065 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1066 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1067 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1069 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1070 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1071 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1073 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1075 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1077 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1079 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1080 matters, but someday it might). */
1081 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1110 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1114 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1115 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1117 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1118 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1120 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1121 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1123 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1124 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1125 being included in the link. */
1126 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1127 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1128 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1129 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1132 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1133 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1135 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1136 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1137 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1138 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1139 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1140 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1141 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1144 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1145 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1147 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1148 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1149 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1150 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1151 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1152 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1153 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1159 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1160 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1163 The format of these instructions is:
1165 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1166 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1167 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1169 +-----------------------------------------------+
1171 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1172 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1174 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1175 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1176 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1177 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1178 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1179 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1180 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1181 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1182 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1183 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1186 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1187 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1188 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1189 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1190 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1191 value as two 16-bit values.
1193 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1197 +--------+----------------------+
1201 +--------+----------------------+
1204 +----------+------+-------------+
1208 +----------+--------------------+
1209 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1210 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1212 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1213 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1214 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1215 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1216 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1218 R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
1219 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1221 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1222 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1223 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1224 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1225 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1227 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1230 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
1231 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
1232 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
1234 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
1235 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1236 little-endian system.
1238 R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
1239 access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
1240 can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
1241 except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
1245 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1246 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1248 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1250 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1251 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1254 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
1255 extend
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
1256 insn
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
1257 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1260 val
= ((extend
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend
& 0x3e0) << 11)
1261 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 21) | insn
;
1263 val
= extend
<< 16 | insn
;
1266 val
= ((extend
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn
& 0xffe0) << 11)
1267 | ((extend
& 0x1f) << 11) | (extend
& 0x7e0) | (insn
& 0x1f);
1268 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
1272 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
1273 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
1275 bfd_vma extend
, insn
, val
;
1277 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_GPREL
1278 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
1281 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
1282 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
1286 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1287 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
1288 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
1292 insn
= val
& 0xffff;
1298 insn
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
1299 extend
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
1301 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, insn
, data
+ 2);
1302 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, extend
, data
);
1305 bfd_reloc_status_type
1306 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1307 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
1308 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
1312 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1314 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1317 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1319 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1320 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1322 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1323 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1325 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1326 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1328 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
1330 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1331 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
1332 an external symbol. */
1334 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1335 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1337 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1339 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1341 + reloc_entry
->address
);
1342 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1346 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
1349 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1351 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1354 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
1355 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
1356 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
1361 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
1363 asection
*input_section
;
1367 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
1369 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
1371 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
1372 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
1373 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
1375 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
1376 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
1377 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
1378 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
1380 bfd_reloc_status_type
1381 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1382 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
1383 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1384 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1386 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
1388 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1389 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1391 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
1393 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1395 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
1397 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
1398 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
1401 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1402 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1404 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1407 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
1408 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
1409 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
1411 bfd_reloc_status_type
1412 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1413 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1414 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1416 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
1417 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
1418 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
1419 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
1420 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1421 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1424 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1425 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1428 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
1429 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
1430 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
1432 bfd_reloc_status_type
1433 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1434 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1435 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1438 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1440 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1441 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1443 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1445 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
1446 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1449 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
1451 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
1452 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
1454 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
1456 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
1457 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
1458 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
1459 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
1460 has a rightshift of 0. */
1461 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
1462 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
1464 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
1465 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
1466 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
1468 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
1469 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
1471 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1474 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
1478 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1479 input_section
, output_bfd
,
1483 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
1484 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
1485 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
1487 bfd_reloc_status_type
1488 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1489 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1490 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
1491 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1494 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
1495 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
1497 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
1499 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
1500 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1502 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
1504 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1506 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
1507 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
1508 offset or address. */
1509 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1510 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1515 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
1516 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
1517 val
+= symbol
->value
;
1518 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1520 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
1521 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
1522 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
1526 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
1527 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
1528 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
1529 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
1530 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
1531 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
1534 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
1536 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
1537 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1539 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
1540 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1542 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
1544 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
1547 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
1552 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1554 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1557 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1558 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1561 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
1564 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1565 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1569 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
1570 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
1572 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1573 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1577 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
1578 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
1580 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1581 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1582 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1583 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1584 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1585 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1589 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
1590 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
1594 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1595 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1596 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1597 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1598 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1599 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1600 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1603 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1604 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1605 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1608 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1611 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1612 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1613 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1614 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1615 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1616 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1620 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
1621 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1623 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1624 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1625 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1626 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1627 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1628 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1631 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1632 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1633 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1634 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1635 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1638 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
1639 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
1641 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1642 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1643 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1644 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1645 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1646 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1647 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1651 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
1652 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
1654 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1655 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1656 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1657 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1658 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1659 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1660 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1663 /* Swap in an options header. */
1666 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
1667 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
1669 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1670 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1671 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1672 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1675 /* Swap out an options header. */
1678 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
1679 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
1681 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1682 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1683 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1684 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1687 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1688 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1691 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
1693 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1694 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1696 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1697 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1699 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1702 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1705 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1706 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1709 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1710 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1712 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1713 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1714 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1715 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1717 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1718 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1725 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1726 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1727 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1728 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1729 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1730 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1731 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1732 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1733 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1734 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1735 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1736 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1737 when generating a final executable. */
1740 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1742 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
1744 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1746 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1747 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1749 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1751 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
1752 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
1753 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1754 && !h
->root
.def_regular
1755 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
1757 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1758 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1759 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1760 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1761 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1769 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1772 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1773 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1774 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1775 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1776 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1777 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1779 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1780 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1784 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1786 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1787 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1788 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1790 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1791 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1792 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1794 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1796 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1797 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1798 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1799 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1801 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1803 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1804 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1805 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1808 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1810 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1811 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1812 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1817 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1818 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1820 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1821 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1822 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1823 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1826 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1828 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1829 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1830 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1831 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1832 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1833 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1834 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1835 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1836 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1837 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1838 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1839 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1840 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1841 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1842 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1843 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1844 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1846 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1850 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1851 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1854 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1855 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1856 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1857 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1859 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1860 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1861 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1862 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1864 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1865 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1866 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1867 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1868 + sec
->output_offset
1869 + output_section
->vma
);
1871 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1873 else if (h
->root
.needs_plt
)
1875 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1876 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1878 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1880 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1881 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1886 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1887 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1888 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1890 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1893 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1894 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1895 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1896 + sec
->output_offset
1897 + output_section
->vma
);
1899 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1904 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1905 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1908 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1915 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1918 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
1920 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
1921 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
1923 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1926 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1928 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1931 static INLINE hashval_t
1932 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
1935 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1941 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1942 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1946 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1948 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1950 return entry
->symndx
1951 + ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 17)
1952 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1954 + (entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1955 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
1959 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1961 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1962 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1964 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
1965 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1968 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1969 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1970 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1971 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1974 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1975 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1976 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1980 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
1982 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1984 return entry
->symndx
1986 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1987 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1988 ? ((entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
1989 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM
<< 17)
1991 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)))
1992 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1996 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
1998 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1999 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
2001 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2002 if (e1
->tls_type
& e2
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2005 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2006 if ((e1
->tls_type
^ e2
->tls_type
) & GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2009 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
2010 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
2011 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
2012 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
2013 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
2016 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2017 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2018 if creation fails. */
2021 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
2027 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
2028 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2029 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
2030 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
2032 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
2037 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2040 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
2041 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
2047 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
2050 mips_elf_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
)
2052 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
2054 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
2059 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
2060 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
2063 static struct mips_got_info
*
2064 mips_elf_got_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
**sgotp
)
2067 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2069 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2070 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
2071 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
2072 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
2073 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2076 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
2081 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2082 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2086 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
2087 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2091 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2092 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2094 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
2095 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
2098 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2100 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2101 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2107 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2114 if (tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2117 if ((tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
) && info
->shared
)
2123 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2124 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2127 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1
, void *arg2
)
2129 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= * (struct mips_got_entry
**) arg1
;
2130 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2132 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
!= -1)
2133 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
, NULL
);
2138 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2139 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2142 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2144 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2145 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2146 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2148 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2150 if (hm
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2156 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2157 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2160 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1
, void *arg2
)
2162 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2163 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) arg1
;
2164 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
*arg
= arg2
;
2166 arg
->needed
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, hm
->tls_type
, &hm
->root
);
2171 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
2174 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2180 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
2182 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
2184 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
2185 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
2187 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
2189 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
2190 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2192 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
2195 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
2196 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
2198 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
2199 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
2202 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
2205 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_offset
,
2206 unsigned char *tls_type_p
,
2207 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2208 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2212 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
2213 bfd_vma offset
, offset2
;
2215 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
2217 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2218 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
2223 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
2225 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
2226 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
2227 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
2230 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_DONE
)
2233 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
2235 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2236 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
2239 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
2240 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
2241 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
2242 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
2243 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
2245 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
2246 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
2248 /* General Dynamic. */
2249 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2251 offset
= got_offset
;
2252 offset2
= offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2256 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2257 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2258 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2259 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2262 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2263 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2264 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
2265 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset2
);
2267 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2268 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2272 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2273 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2274 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
2275 sgot
->contents
+ offset2
);
2278 got_offset
+= 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2281 /* Initial Exec model. */
2282 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
2284 offset
= got_offset
;
2289 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
2290 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2292 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2293 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2295 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2296 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2297 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
2298 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ offset
);
2301 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
2302 sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
2305 if (*tls_type_p
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
2307 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
2308 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
2309 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
2310 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
2311 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2314 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
2315 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
2317 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
2318 (abfd
, sreloc
, indx
,
2319 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
2320 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
2323 *tls_type_p
|= GOT_TLS_DONE
;
2326 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
2327 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
2328 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
2329 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
2332 mips_tls_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma got_index
, unsigned char *tls_type
,
2333 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2334 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, bfd_vma symbol
)
2336 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2337 || r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2339 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, got_index
, tls_type
, info
, h
, symbol
);
2341 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
)
2343 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
);
2344 if (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
)
2345 return got_index
+ 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2350 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
)
2352 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
);
2356 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2358 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
);
2365 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
2366 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
2367 will be negative. */
2370 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2371 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2373 bfd_vma plt_index
, got_address
, got_value
;
2374 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2376 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2377 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1);
2379 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
2380 plt_index
= (h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
) / htab
->plt_entry_size
;
2382 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
2383 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
2384 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
2387 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2388 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
2389 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2390 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2392 return got_address
- got_value
;
2395 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE, which was derived from
2396 a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. If there is not yet a GOT
2397 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
2398 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
2399 offset can be found. */
2402 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2403 asection
*input_section
, bfd_vma value
,
2404 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2405 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
2408 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2409 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2411 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2413 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2414 input_section
, value
,
2415 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
2419 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2421 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
2422 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
2423 hash table entry to track the index. */
2424 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, h
->tls_got_offset
, &h
->tls_type
,
2425 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
2427 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, entry
->gotidx
, &entry
->tls_type
,
2428 r_type
, info
, h
, value
);
2431 return entry
->gotidx
;
2434 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
2437 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2438 int r_type
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2442 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
2443 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
2445 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
2446 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
2448 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
2450 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
2452 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2453 if (g
->next
!= gg
|| TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2457 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
2460 p
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
2462 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
2464 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2466 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2467 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2468 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2469 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2470 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2471 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2472 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2474 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, p
->gotidx
, &p
->tls_type
, r_type
,
2475 info
, e
.d
.h
, value
);
2482 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
2483 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
2485 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2487 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hm
2488 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2489 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
2491 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2492 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2493 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
2494 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
2495 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
2496 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
2498 index
= mips_tls_got_index (abfd
, hm
->tls_got_offset
, &hm
->tls_type
,
2499 r_type
, info
, hm
, value
);
2503 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
2504 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
2505 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
2507 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
2508 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
2509 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
2511 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->size
);
2516 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE, which was
2517 calculated from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. These entries
2518 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e., within
2519 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no entry
2520 could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
2521 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
2524 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2525 asection
*input_section
, bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
2528 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2529 bfd_vma page
, index
;
2530 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2532 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2534 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
2535 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2536 input_section
, page
, 0,
2537 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
2542 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
2545 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
2550 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS_GOT16 relocation against VALUE,
2551 which was calculated from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION.
2552 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol
2553 that has been forced local. */
2556 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2557 asection
*input_section
, bfd_vma value
,
2558 bfd_boolean external
)
2561 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2562 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
2564 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
2565 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
2566 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
2567 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
2569 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
2571 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
2573 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
2574 input_section
, value
, 0,
2575 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
2577 return entry
->gotidx
;
2582 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
2586 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd
*dynobj
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2587 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma index
)
2591 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2593 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
2594 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
2595 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
2597 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
2600 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
2601 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
2602 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
2605 static struct mips_got_entry
*
2606 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2607 bfd
*ibfd
, struct mips_got_info
*gg
,
2608 asection
*sgot
, asection
*input_section
,
2609 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
2610 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2613 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2614 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2615 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2617 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
2621 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
2624 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
2627 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
2628 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2631 /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
2632 global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
2633 or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
2634 automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */
2635 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->root
.forced_local
);
2636 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
))
2638 struct mips_got_entry
*p
;
2641 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
2643 entry
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_LDM
;
2649 entry
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
2655 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)
2656 htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &entry
);
2662 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2667 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2670 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2675 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2677 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
2679 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
2680 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
2681 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2682 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
2683 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2687 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
2688 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
2690 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. Because
2691 the offset between segments is not fixed, the relocation must be
2692 against a symbol in the same segment as the original symbol.
2693 The easiest way to do this is to take INPUT_SECTION's output
2694 section and emit a relocation against its section symbol. */
2695 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
2697 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
2698 asection
*s
, *output_section
;
2700 bfd_vma got_address
;
2703 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
2704 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2705 dynindx
= elf_section_data (output_section
)->dynindx
;
2706 got_address
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
2707 + sgot
->output_offset
2710 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
2711 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
2712 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
2713 outrel
.r_addend
= value
- output_section
->vma
;
2714 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
2720 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
2721 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
2722 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
2723 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
2724 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
2725 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
2728 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned long max_local
)
2730 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
2731 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2734 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
2736 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
2739 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
2740 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
2741 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
2742 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
2743 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
2744 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
2745 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
2746 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
2747 too large offsets. */
2748 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
2749 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
2750 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
2751 elf_hash_table (info
)),
2752 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
2755 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
2756 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
2757 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
2758 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
2759 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
2761 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
2762 table index in the GOT. */
2763 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
2768 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
2769 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
2773 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2775 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
2777 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2778 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2780 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
2782 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
2785 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
2786 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
2787 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
2789 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
2791 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2793 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
2794 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2795 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2797 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2798 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2801 BFD_ASSERT (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
);
2803 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2804 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2810 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2811 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2815 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2816 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2817 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2818 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2820 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2822 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2824 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2826 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2830 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2833 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2837 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
2838 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
2842 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2845 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2848 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2849 need to do it again. */
2852 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2856 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2862 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2864 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2866 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2869 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2870 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2871 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2878 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2879 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2882 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
2883 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
2884 unsigned char tls_flag
)
2886 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2889 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2890 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2891 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2892 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2893 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2897 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_GD
))
2900 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2902 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
&& !((*loc
)->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
))
2905 (*loc
)->tls_type
|= tls_flag
;
2913 entry
.tls_type
= tls_flag
;
2914 if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_IE
)
2916 else if (tls_flag
== GOT_TLS_GD
)
2918 else if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
2920 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_TWO
;
2926 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2930 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2935 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2940 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2943 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
2945 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2946 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2948 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2951 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2954 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
2956 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2957 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2958 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2959 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2961 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2964 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
2965 be the master GOT data. */
2967 static struct mips_got_info
*
2968 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
2970 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2976 p
= htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2977 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2980 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2981 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2985 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp
, void *p
)
2987 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2988 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2989 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2990 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2991 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2994 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2996 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2997 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2998 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
3004 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3005 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3015 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
3016 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3017 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3024 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3025 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3027 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
3029 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3030 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3031 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3032 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3033 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3043 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
3044 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3045 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
3050 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3052 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3054 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3057 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
3065 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
3066 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
3067 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
3068 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
3069 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
3070 and then make make the new got current. */
3073 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_
, void *p
)
3075 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
3076 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
3077 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
3078 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
3079 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
3080 unsigned int tcount
= bfd2got
->g
->tls_gotno
;
3081 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
3082 bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls
= FALSE
;
3084 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
3085 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
3086 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
3087 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
3090 unsigned int primary_total
= lcount
+ tcount
+ arg
->global_count
;
3091 if (primary_total
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (bfd2got
->bfd
)
3092 >= MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (arg
->info
))
3093 too_many_for_tls
= TRUE
;
3096 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
3097 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
3098 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
3099 && ! too_many_for_tls
)
3101 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
3102 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
3104 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
3105 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
3106 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
3107 else if (arg
->primary
&& ! too_many_for_tls
3108 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
) <= maxcnt
)
3110 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
3111 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
3112 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
3113 int old_tcount
= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
3115 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
3117 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
3118 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
3120 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
3123 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3124 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
3125 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
3128 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
3129 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
3130 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
);
3132 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
3133 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
+ arg
->primary
->tls_gotno
;
3135 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
3136 else if (arg
->current
3137 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
+ tcount
<= maxcnt
)
3139 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
3140 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
3141 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
3142 int old_tcount
= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
3144 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
3146 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
3147 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
3149 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
3152 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
3154 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
>= arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
3155 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
3156 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount
+ tcount
>= arg
->current
->tls_gotno
);
3158 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
3159 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
+ arg
->current
->tls_gotno
;
3161 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
3162 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
3163 overflows anyway. */
3166 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
3167 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
3169 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
+ 2 * tcount
;
3175 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
3176 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
3179 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3181 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3182 struct mips_got_info
*g
= p
;
3185 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
3186 if (entry
->tls_type
== 0)
3189 next_index
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry
->abfd
) * (long) g
->tls_assigned_gotno
;
3191 if (entry
->symndx
== -1 && g
->next
== NULL
)
3193 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3194 hash table entry to track its index. */
3195 if (entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
)
3197 entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
|= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE
;
3198 entry
->d
.h
->tls_got_offset
= next_index
;
3202 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_LDM
)
3204 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
3205 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
3206 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
3207 if (g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_TWO
&& g
->tls_ldm_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
3209 entry
->gotidx
= g
->tls_ldm_offset
;
3212 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= next_index
;
3214 entry
->gotidx
= next_index
;
3217 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
3218 if (entry
->tls_type
& (GOT_TLS_GD
| GOT_TLS_LDM
))
3219 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 2;
3220 if (entry
->tls_type
& GOT_TLS_IE
)
3221 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= 1;
3226 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
3227 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
3228 got) to the given VALUE.
3230 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
3231 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
3232 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
3233 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
3234 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
3235 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
3236 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
3237 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
3240 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3242 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3243 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
3244 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
3245 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
3247 if (g
&& entry
->tls_type
!= GOT_NORMAL
)
3248 arg
->needed_relocs
+=
3249 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg
->info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3250 entry
->symndx
== -1 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3252 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
3253 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1
3254 && entry
->d
.h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
)
3258 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
3260 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
3261 if (arg
->info
->shared
3262 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3263 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
3264 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
3265 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
3268 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
3274 /* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
3275 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
3277 mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp
, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3279 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3281 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
3282 && entry
->symndx
== -1
3283 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
3284 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
3289 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
3290 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
3291 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
3292 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
3293 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
3294 the traversal must be restarted. */
3296 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *p
)
3298 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
3299 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
3301 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
3303 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
3305 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3306 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3307 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3309 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
3314 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
3315 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
3316 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
3318 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
3319 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
3322 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
3323 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
3325 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
3328 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
3329 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
3335 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
3338 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3344 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
3346 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
3347 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
3350 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
3353 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
3356 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
3358 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3361 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
3365 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
3369 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
3370 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3373 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
3374 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
3377 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3378 struct mips_got_info
*g
, asection
*got
,
3379 bfd_size_type pages
)
3381 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
3382 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
3383 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
3384 unsigned int assign
;
3386 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
3387 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3388 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
3391 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
3392 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
3393 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
3395 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
3396 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
3397 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3398 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3401 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
3402 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
3403 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
3404 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
3405 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
3406 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
3407 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
3408 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
) - pages
);
3409 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
3410 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
3412 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
3414 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
3415 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
3416 to be the primary GOT. */
3417 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
3418 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
3421 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
3422 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
3424 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
3425 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3426 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
3429 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3430 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
3431 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
3432 g
->next
->tls_gotno
= 0;
3433 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3434 g
->next
->tls_assigned_gotno
= 0;
3435 g
->next
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3436 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
3437 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
3439 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3441 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
3444 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
3445 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
3447 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
3451 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
3452 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
3453 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
3454 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
3457 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
3460 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
3461 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
3468 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
3470 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
3474 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
3475 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
3476 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
3479 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
3480 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
3481 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
3482 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
3483 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
3484 follows IRIX's practice.
3486 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
3487 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
3488 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
3489 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
3493 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
3494 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
3495 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
3499 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
3500 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
3501 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
3502 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
3503 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
3504 their entries can be omitted. */
3505 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
3506 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
3509 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
3510 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
3511 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
3512 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3513 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3514 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
3515 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
3516 &set_got_offset_arg
);
3517 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
3520 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
3521 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
3522 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
3523 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
3524 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
3525 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
3526 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
3527 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
3528 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
3529 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
3530 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
3531 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
3532 points back to the master GOT. */
3533 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
3534 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
3541 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
3543 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3544 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
3545 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
3546 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
3548 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
3549 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
3550 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
3555 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
3556 all non-TLS entries. */
3557 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
3558 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
3560 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
3563 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
3566 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_no_stub
, NULL
);
3570 got
->size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
3571 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
3572 + gg
->next
->tls_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3578 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
3579 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
3581 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
3582 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
3583 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3584 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
3586 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3588 while (relocation
< relend
)
3590 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
3591 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
3597 /* We didn't find it. */
3598 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3602 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
3605 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3606 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3607 asection
**local_sections
,
3608 bfd_boolean check_forced
)
3610 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3611 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3612 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3615 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3616 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3617 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3619 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
3621 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
3626 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
3627 was forced local. */
3628 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3629 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
3630 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3631 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3632 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3633 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3634 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3641 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
3644 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3646 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
3647 /* VALUE is negative. */
3648 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
3653 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
3654 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
3658 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
3660 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
3662 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
3663 /* The value is too big. */
3665 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
3666 /* The value is too small. */
3673 /* Calculate the %high function. */
3676 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
3678 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
3681 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
3684 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3687 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
3694 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
3697 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3700 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
3707 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
3710 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
3711 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3714 register asection
*s
;
3716 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
3718 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3721 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
3723 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
3724 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
3727 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
3733 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
3736 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3737 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
)
3740 register asection
*s
;
3741 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3742 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
3743 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3745 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3747 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3749 /* This function may be called more than once. */
3750 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
3753 if (! maybe_exclude
)
3754 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3758 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3759 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3762 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3764 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
3765 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
3766 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3768 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3771 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
3772 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
3773 are not creating a global offset table. */
3775 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3776 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
3777 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
3780 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
3783 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
3784 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
3787 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3790 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
3791 g
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3794 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
3795 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
3797 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3798 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
3801 g
->tls_ldm_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
3802 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3803 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3804 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3806 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
3807 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
3808 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
3810 /* VxWorks also needs a .got.plt section. */
3811 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3813 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
3814 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3815 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3816 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
3824 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
3825 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
3826 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
3829 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3831 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
3833 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
3834 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
3837 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
3838 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
3839 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
3841 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
3842 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
3843 relocation must be JALX.
3845 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
3846 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
3847 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
3848 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
3850 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3851 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
3852 asection
*input_section
,
3853 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3854 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
3855 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
3856 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
3857 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
3858 const char **namep
, bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
,
3859 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
3861 /* The eventual value we will return. */
3863 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
3866 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
3867 shared object file being produced. */
3868 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
3869 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
3872 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
3873 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
3874 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
3875 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
3876 during execution. */
3877 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
3878 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
3880 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
3881 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
3882 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
3884 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
3885 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
3886 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
3887 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
3888 "__gnu_local_gp". */
3889 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
3890 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3892 unsigned long r_symndx
;
3894 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
3895 relocation value. */
3896 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
3897 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
3898 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
3899 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3902 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3903 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3905 /* Parse the relocation. */
3906 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3907 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3908 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3909 + input_section
->output_offset
3910 + relocation
->r_offset
);
3912 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
3913 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3915 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3916 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3917 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3918 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3919 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3920 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3921 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3922 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3925 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3926 must come before globals. */
3930 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3933 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3935 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3936 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3938 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3939 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3940 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3941 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3942 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3943 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3945 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3947 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3950 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3951 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3954 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3955 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3956 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3959 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3961 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3965 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
3967 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3968 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3969 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3970 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3971 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3972 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3973 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3975 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3976 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3978 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3979 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3980 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3981 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3983 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3984 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3985 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
3986 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS16_LO16
)
3987 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3991 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
3992 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3993 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
3994 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
3997 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3998 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3999 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
4001 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4002 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4003 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
4005 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4006 if (sec
->output_section
)
4007 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
4008 + sec
->output_section
->vma
4009 + sec
->output_offset
);
4011 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
4013 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4014 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
4015 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
4016 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
4019 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
4020 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
4022 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
4023 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
4025 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
4026 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
4027 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
4028 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
4029 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
4031 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
4032 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
4035 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
4037 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
4038 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
4039 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
4040 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
4041 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
4042 which is available from here:
4043 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
4048 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
4049 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
4050 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
4051 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
4052 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
))))
4053 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4057 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
4060 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
4061 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
4063 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
4064 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
4065 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
4066 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
4067 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
4069 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
4070 have already noticed that we were going to need the
4073 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
4076 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
4080 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4081 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
4082 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
4084 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
4085 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
4086 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
4088 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
4089 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4091 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
4092 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
4094 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
4099 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4101 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
4104 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
4111 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
4114 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
4116 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
4117 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
4120 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
4121 special jalx instruction. */
4122 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocatable
4123 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
4124 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
4126 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4127 local_sections
, TRUE
);
4129 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
4130 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
4133 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4134 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4135 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
4137 local_p
= local_p
|| _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h
->root
, info
, 1);
4138 if (local_p
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
)
4144 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4145 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4146 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4147 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4148 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4150 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4151 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4152 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
4153 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
4155 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
4156 sec
, 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
4158 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4162 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
4163 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
4164 if (htab
->is_vxworks
4165 && (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
4166 || r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
4167 || r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
))
4169 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
4170 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
4171 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
4175 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
4176 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
4177 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
4179 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
4180 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, input_bfd
,
4181 &h
->root
, r_type
, info
);
4182 if (h
->tls_type
== GOT_NORMAL
4183 && (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4185 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.forced_local
)
4186 && h
->root
.def_regular
)))
4188 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
4189 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
4190 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
4191 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
4192 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
4196 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
4197 && (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
|| (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)))
4198 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
4202 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4203 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
4205 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4208 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
4209 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
4214 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4215 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4216 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4219 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4220 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
4221 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
4223 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
),
4234 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
4235 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
4236 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
4238 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
4242 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4243 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4245 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4246 + input_section
->output_offset
4247 + relocation
->r_offset
);
4248 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
4249 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
4250 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
4252 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
4255 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
4259 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4262 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4263 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4270 || (!htab
->is_vxworks
4271 && htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
4273 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
4274 && !h
->root
.def_regular
))
4276 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4278 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
4279 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
4280 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
4281 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
4284 In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
4285 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
4286 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
4288 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
4296 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
4300 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4301 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4305 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4309 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
4310 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4314 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
4315 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
4316 the output file that's different. That's handled in
4317 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
4318 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
4321 value
= ((addend
| ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
4324 value
= (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
4325 if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4326 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> 28);
4328 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4331 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
4332 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
4336 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
4337 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4340 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
4341 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
4345 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
4346 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4353 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
4354 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4358 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
4359 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
4360 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
4364 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
4365 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce
4366 both reloc addends by 4. */
4367 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
4368 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 4);
4370 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
4371 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4378 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
4381 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
4382 for this conditional. */
4383 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
4384 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
;
4386 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
4387 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4388 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
4389 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
4390 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
4393 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
4394 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
4397 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
4398 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
4399 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
4400 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
4401 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
4402 not check for overflow here. */
4406 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
4407 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
4408 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
4409 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
4414 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
4415 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
4416 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
4417 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
4418 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
4419 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
4420 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
4421 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
4422 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
4423 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
4424 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
4425 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
4426 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
4427 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
4428 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
4429 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
4433 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4438 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
4439 R_MIPS_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
4440 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
4444 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
4445 local_sections
, FALSE
);
4446 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4447 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
4448 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4449 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4451 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4452 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4459 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
4460 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
4461 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
4464 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4467 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
4468 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
4470 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4474 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
4475 value
= symbol
+ _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18) - p
;
4476 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
4477 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
4478 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4481 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
4482 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
4483 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
4484 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
4485 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
4487 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
4488 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4491 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
4492 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
4493 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
4496 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
4497 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
4498 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
4502 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4503 symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
4504 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
4505 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
4506 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
4507 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4510 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
4512 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, sec
,
4513 symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
4516 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
4520 value
= symbol
- addend
;
4521 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4525 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
4526 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4529 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
4530 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
4531 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4534 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
4535 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
4536 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
4540 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
4541 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
4542 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
4543 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->root
.plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
4544 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4545 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
4549 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4550 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4551 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
4552 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
4555 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
4556 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
4559 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
4561 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
4564 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
4567 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4568 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4569 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
4572 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4574 /* Obtain the bytes. */
4575 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
4580 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
4581 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
4582 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
4583 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
4584 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
4585 unconditionally converted to JALX.
4587 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
4590 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4591 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
4592 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4593 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
4594 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
4595 bfd_boolean require_jalx
)
4599 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4601 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
4602 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
4604 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
4606 /* Obtain the current value. */
4607 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
4609 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
4610 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
4612 /* Set the field. */
4613 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
4615 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
4619 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
4620 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
4622 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
4623 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
4625 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
4630 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
4634 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
4637 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4638 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
4641 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
4642 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4646 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
4647 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
4650 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
4651 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
4652 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
4653 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
4654 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd
) == bfd_mach_mips9000
4655 && !info
->relocatable
4657 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
&& (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
4658 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
&& x
== 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
4664 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4665 + input_section
->output_offset
4666 + relocation
->r_offset
4668 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
4669 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
4673 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
4674 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
4677 /* Put the value into the output. */
4678 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
4680 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
4686 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
4689 mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
)
4691 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
4693 return (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, FN_STUB
)
4694 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, CALL_STUB
)
4695 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
));
4698 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4701 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4705 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4707 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4708 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4709 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4711 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4712 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4717 /* Make room for a null element. */
4718 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4721 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4725 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
4726 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
4727 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
4728 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
4731 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
4732 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4733 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4734 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4735 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
4736 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
4738 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
4743 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
4744 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4746 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4747 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
4748 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4749 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4750 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
4751 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
4752 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
4755 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
4756 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
4757 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
4758 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
4759 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
4760 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
4762 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
4763 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
4766 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
4768 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
4769 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
4770 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
4775 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
4776 in the relocation. */
4778 && (!h
->root
.def_regular
4779 || (info
->shared
&& !info
->symbolic
&& !h
->root
.forced_local
)))
4781 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
4782 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4783 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
4785 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
4786 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
4787 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
4788 undefined symbols. */
4793 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
4795 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
4797 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4802 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
4807 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
4808 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
4809 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
4810 local symbols because we used to generate them
4811 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
4812 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
4813 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
4814 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
4815 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
4816 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
4818 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
4819 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
4820 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
4821 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
4822 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
4827 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
4828 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
4829 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
4830 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
4831 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
4834 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4835 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
4836 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
4838 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
4839 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
4840 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
4843 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
4844 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
4845 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
4846 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
4847 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
4848 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
4849 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
4850 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
4851 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
4852 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
4853 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
4854 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
4855 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
4856 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
4859 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
4861 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
4862 correct location in the output file. */
4863 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4864 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4865 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4866 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4867 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
4868 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4870 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
4871 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
4872 relocation format is non-standard. */
4873 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
4875 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
4876 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4878 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
4880 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4882 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
4883 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
4884 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
4885 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4887 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
4890 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
4891 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
4892 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
4894 /* We've now added another relocation. */
4895 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
4897 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
4898 will be writing to it. */
4899 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
4902 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
4903 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4905 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
4910 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
4912 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
4913 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
4914 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
4915 + input_section
->output_offset
);
4916 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
4917 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
4919 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
4920 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
4921 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
4923 cr
= (scpt
->contents
4924 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
4925 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
4926 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
4927 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
4928 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
4929 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
4933 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
4934 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
4936 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
4937 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
4942 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
4945 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
4947 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
4949 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
4950 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
4952 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
4953 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
4955 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
4956 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
4958 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
4959 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
4961 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
4962 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
4964 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
4965 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4967 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4968 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4970 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4971 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4973 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
4974 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
4976 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4977 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4980 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4984 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4987 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4990 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4993 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4996 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4998 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4999 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
5001 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
5002 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
5004 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
5005 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
5007 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
5008 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
5015 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
5017 static INLINE
char *
5018 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
5022 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
5023 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
5026 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
5028 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
5032 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
5034 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
5036 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
5038 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
5041 return "unknown abi";
5045 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
5046 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
5047 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
5048 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
5049 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
5050 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
5051 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5052 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
5054 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
5055 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
5056 definition in a shared library. */
5057 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
5058 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5059 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
5061 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
5062 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5065 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
5067 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
5069 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
5070 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
5072 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5073 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
5074 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
5075 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
5076 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
5077 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
5078 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
5080 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
5081 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
5082 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
5083 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5084 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5085 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
5086 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
5087 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
5088 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5089 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
5091 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
5095 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5096 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
5097 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5098 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
5099 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5102 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5103 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
5105 /* Initialize the small common section. */
5106 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
5107 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5108 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5109 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5110 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
5111 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
5112 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
5113 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5114 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
5116 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
5117 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5120 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5121 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5126 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
5128 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
5129 if (section
!= NULL
)
5131 asym
->section
= section
;
5132 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5133 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
5134 base address to make it an offset. */
5135 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
5142 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
5144 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
));
5145 if (section
!= NULL
)
5147 asym
->section
= section
;
5148 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
5149 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
5150 base address to make it an offset. */
5151 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
5158 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
5159 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
5161 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
5162 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
5163 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
5164 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
5165 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
5167 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
5168 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
5169 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
5170 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
5172 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
5173 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
5174 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
5175 We therefore take the following approach:
5177 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
5178 determine the pointer size.
5180 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
5181 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
5185 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
5186 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
5187 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
5188 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
5189 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
5191 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
5192 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
5196 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
5198 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
5200 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
5202 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
5204 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
5205 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
5206 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
5213 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
5214 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
5215 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
5224 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
5225 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
5226 same address. For example, if we have code like:
5228 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
5229 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
5232 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
5233 will jump there rather than to .text.
5235 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
5236 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
5239 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
5241 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
5244 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
5245 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
5246 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
5250 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
5252 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
5253 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
5257 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5258 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
5261 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
5264 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5265 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5269 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
5270 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
5271 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
5272 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
5274 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5276 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
5277 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
5278 so that we don't have to read them again.
5279 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
5280 through the section contents to see if there is an
5281 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
5283 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
5285 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5286 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5288 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5290 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5292 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
5294 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5295 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5296 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
5299 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5306 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5307 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
5310 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5311 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
5314 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5321 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
5322 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
5325 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
5326 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
5333 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
5335 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
5337 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5338 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
5339 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
5341 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5342 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5344 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
5346 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5347 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
5349 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
5351 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5352 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5354 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
5357 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
5359 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
5361 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
5363 unsigned int adjust
;
5365 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
5367 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
5375 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
5376 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
5377 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
5379 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
5383 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
5384 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
5390 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
5391 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
5392 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
5393 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
5394 probably get away with this. */
5395 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
5397 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
5398 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
5402 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
5405 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
5406 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
5409 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
5410 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
5413 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
5414 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
5417 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
5418 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
5420 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
5422 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
5423 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
5424 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
5426 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
5428 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
5429 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
5432 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
5433 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
5436 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
5437 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5440 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
5441 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_"))
5444 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
5445 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
5448 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
5449 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
5450 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
5457 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
5462 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5463 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
5469 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
5471 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
5472 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
5473 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
5474 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
5475 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
5477 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
5480 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
5481 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
5483 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
5484 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
5487 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
5488 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
5489 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
5490 they should agree. */
5491 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
5493 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
5495 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
5496 if (contents
== NULL
)
5498 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
5505 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
5506 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
5508 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
5510 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
5512 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
5514 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5515 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
5516 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
5519 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5521 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
5523 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
5525 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
5526 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5528 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5530 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
5532 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
5534 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
5536 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
5537 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
5539 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
5549 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
5550 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
5551 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
5554 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
5556 register const char *name
;
5557 unsigned int sh_type
;
5559 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5560 sh_type
= hdr
->sh_type
;
5562 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
5564 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
5565 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
5566 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5568 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
5569 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
5570 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
5572 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
5573 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
5574 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5576 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
5577 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
5578 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
5580 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
5581 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
5582 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5583 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5584 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5586 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5588 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
5590 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
5591 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
5592 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
5593 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5595 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5596 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5598 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5601 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
5603 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5604 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
5605 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
5606 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
5608 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5609 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
5611 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
5612 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
5615 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
5616 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
5617 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
5618 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
5619 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
5620 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
5621 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5622 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
5624 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
5625 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5627 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
5629 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
5630 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5631 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
5633 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
5635 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
5636 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
5637 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5639 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_"))
5640 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
5641 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
5643 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
5644 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
5645 final_write_processing. */
5647 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
5648 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
5650 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
5651 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
5652 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
5654 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
5656 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
5657 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
5658 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
5661 /* In the unlikely event a special section is empty it has to lose its
5662 special meaning. This may happen e.g. when using `strip' with the
5663 "--only-keep-debug" option. */
5664 if (sec
->size
> 0 && !(sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5665 hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
5667 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
5668 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
5669 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
5670 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
5671 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
5676 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
5677 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
5678 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
5679 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
5680 the .scommon section. */
5683 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5684 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
5686 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
5688 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5691 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
5693 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
5699 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
5700 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
5703 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5704 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
5705 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5706 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
5708 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5709 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
5710 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
5712 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
5717 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
5718 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
5719 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
5720 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
5721 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
5722 is not done for them. */
5724 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
5725 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
5731 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
5734 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
5735 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
5736 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
5737 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
5738 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
5741 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
5742 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
5743 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
5744 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
5748 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5749 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5751 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
5752 asection
*elf_text_section
;
5753 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5755 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5756 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
5759 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5760 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5761 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
5764 /* Initialize the section. */
5766 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
5767 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5769 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
5770 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
5772 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
5773 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5774 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5775 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5776 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
5777 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5778 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
5780 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5781 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5782 so I took it out. */
5783 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
5786 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
5787 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
5789 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
5790 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5792 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
5793 asection
*elf_data_section
;
5794 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
5796 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5797 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
5800 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
5801 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5802 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
5805 /* Initialize the section. */
5807 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
5808 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5810 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
5811 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
5813 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
5814 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
5815 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
5816 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
5817 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
5818 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
5819 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
5821 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
5822 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
5823 so I took it out. */
5824 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
5827 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
5828 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
5832 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
5834 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
5835 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
5837 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5838 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5840 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
5842 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5843 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
5844 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5847 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5850 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5852 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5855 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
5858 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
5859 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
5860 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
5861 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5867 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
5868 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
5869 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
5872 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
5873 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5874 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
5875 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5877 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
5878 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
5879 common in the output file. */
5880 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
5881 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
5882 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
5884 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5885 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
5890 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
5892 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
5895 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5897 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5898 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5900 register asection
*s
;
5901 const char * const *namep
;
5902 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5904 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5905 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5906 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
5908 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
5910 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
5912 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5915 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
5920 /* We need to create .got section. */
5921 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
5924 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
5927 /* Create .stub section. */
5928 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5929 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
5931 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
5932 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
5935 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5936 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5940 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
5942 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
5944 s
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
5945 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
5947 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5948 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5952 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
5953 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
5954 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
5955 the linker takes such action. */
5956 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
5958 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
5961 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5962 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
5963 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5966 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5969 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
5971 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5975 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
5976 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5978 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
5982 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
5983 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
5985 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5986 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
5988 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5989 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
5991 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5992 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
5994 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
5995 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
5997 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
6004 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
6006 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6007 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
6008 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6011 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6014 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
6016 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6019 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
6021 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
6022 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
6023 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
6024 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
6025 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
6026 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6028 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
6030 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6031 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
6032 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6035 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6038 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6040 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6045 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6047 /* Create the .plt, .rela.plt, .dynbss and .rela.bss sections.
6048 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
6049 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
6052 /* Cache the sections created above. */
6053 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynbss");
6054 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
6055 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
6056 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
6058 || (!htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
6063 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
6064 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
6067 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
6070 htab
->plt_header_size
6071 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
6072 htab
->plt_entry_size
6073 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
6077 htab
->plt_header_size
6078 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
6079 htab
->plt_entry_size
6080 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
6087 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
6088 allocate space in the global offset table. */
6091 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6092 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
6096 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6097 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6098 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
6100 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6101 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
6104 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6105 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6107 if (info
->relocatable
)
6110 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6111 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6112 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6113 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
6114 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6116 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
6118 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
6119 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, FN_STUB
))
6121 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6123 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6126 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
6128 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
6129 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
6133 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
6134 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
6135 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
6136 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6138 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
6139 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
6141 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
6142 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
6143 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
6144 || CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
)
6145 || CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
)
6146 || CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
))
6150 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
6152 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
6155 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
6156 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
6157 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
6158 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
6161 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
6170 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
6171 not need it. Since this function is called before
6172 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
6173 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
6175 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6179 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
6181 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
6183 unsigned long symcount
;
6187 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
6188 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
6190 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6191 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
6192 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6195 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
6198 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
6200 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
6201 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
6202 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
6203 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
6207 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6209 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6210 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6212 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6213 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6214 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6216 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6219 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
6222 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, CALL_STUB
)
6223 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
))
6225 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6226 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6229 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
6232 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
6234 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
6235 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
6237 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
6238 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
6239 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
6240 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
6241 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
6242 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
6243 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6247 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6248 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6250 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
6252 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
))
6253 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
6255 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
6257 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
6258 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
6259 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
6260 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
6261 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
6262 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
6263 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
6264 it is slightly faster to check now. */
6265 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
6267 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6272 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
6282 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6287 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6288 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6289 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6294 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6295 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6296 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
6298 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6299 unsigned int r_type
;
6300 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6302 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6303 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6305 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
6307 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
6309 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6310 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
6312 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6317 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
6319 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
6322 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6323 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6327 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6328 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
6334 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6335 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6336 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6337 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6338 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6339 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6340 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6341 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6343 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6345 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6346 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
6348 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6349 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
6351 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6352 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
6353 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6354 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6362 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6363 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6364 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
6366 && (info
->shared
|| (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
))
6367 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6368 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6378 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_relocation_target
= TRUE
;
6380 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
6381 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
6382 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
6383 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
6387 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
6391 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
6394 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
6395 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
6396 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
6397 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
&& htab
->is_vxworks
))
6399 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
6400 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
6401 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
6402 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
6403 R_MIPS_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
6404 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
6405 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
6406 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
6407 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6408 rel
->r_addend
, g
, 0))
6417 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6418 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
6419 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
6420 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6425 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6426 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6429 /* VxWorks call relocations point the function's .got.plt
6430 entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol.
6431 Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry. */
6432 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
6433 && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6436 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
6437 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
6438 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
6444 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6445 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
6446 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
6451 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6452 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6454 while (hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6455 || hmips
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6456 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6457 hmips
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6459 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
6460 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
6461 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
6467 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6468 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6469 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6470 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6474 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6476 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
6479 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6480 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
)
6488 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
6489 for TLS GD relocations. */
6491 unsigned char flag
= (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
6493 : r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
6498 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
6499 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6500 hmips
->tls_type
|= flag
;
6502 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, flag
))
6507 BFD_ASSERT (flag
== GOT_TLS_LDM
|| r_symndx
!= 0);
6509 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
6510 rel
->r_addend
, g
, flag
))
6519 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
6520 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
6521 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
6522 if ((info
->shared
|| (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
))
6523 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6527 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
6533 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6534 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
6535 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
6536 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
6537 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6538 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
6539 relocations against the text segment. */
6540 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6544 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6546 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
6547 defined in a dynamic object. */
6548 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6549 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
6550 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
6551 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
6552 are relocations against the text segment. */
6553 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
6556 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
6557 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
6558 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
6559 dynamic relocations against it. This does not apply
6560 to VxWorks, which does not have the usual coupling
6561 between global GOT entries and .dynsym entries. */
6562 if (h
!= NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
6565 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
6566 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
6568 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
6569 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
, 0))
6574 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6575 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6576 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6581 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_branch_target
= TRUE
;
6586 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->is_branch_target
= TRUE
;
6589 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
6590 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
6591 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6592 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
6593 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
6594 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
6597 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6598 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6599 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6600 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6604 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6605 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6606 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6607 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
6615 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
6616 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
6617 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
6618 a normal .got entry. */
6619 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
!= NULL
)
6623 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6626 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6627 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6632 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
6633 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
6634 References from a stub section do not count. */
6636 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
6637 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
)
6638 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
)
6639 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
))
6641 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6643 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6644 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
6652 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
6653 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6656 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
6657 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
6658 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6659 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6661 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
6662 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
6663 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6665 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
6668 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
6671 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6672 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6673 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6676 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
6677 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
6678 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6679 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6681 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6684 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
6685 unsigned int r_type
;
6686 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6688 unsigned long instruction
;
6690 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
6691 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
6692 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
6693 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6694 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
6697 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
6698 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
6699 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
6701 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
6702 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
6703 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
6705 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6706 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6707 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
6709 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
6711 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6712 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6713 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
6714 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
6715 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
6718 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6719 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
6720 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
6721 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6722 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
6724 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
6728 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6730 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
6731 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
6733 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6734 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6735 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6736 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
6738 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
6742 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
6743 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
6745 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6746 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6747 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
6748 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
6751 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
6752 symval
= isym
->st_value
6753 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
6754 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
6757 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
6759 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
6760 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6762 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
6763 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
6768 /* Check that it's in range. */
6769 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
6772 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
6773 if (contents
== NULL
)
6775 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6776 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6777 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6780 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
6785 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6787 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
6788 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
6789 instruction
= 0x04110000;
6790 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
6791 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
6792 instruction
= 0x10000000;
6796 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
6797 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
6798 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
6801 if (contents
!= NULL
6802 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6804 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6808 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6809 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6815 if (contents
!= NULL
6816 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6821 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6822 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6823 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6824 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6828 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6829 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6832 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6834 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6836 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6837 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6839 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6840 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
6842 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
6845 && !h
->def_regular
)));
6847 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
6848 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
6850 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6851 if (! info
->relocatable
6852 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
6853 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
6854 || !h
->def_regular
))
6856 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
6857 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
6858 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
6859 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
6860 against the text segment. */
6861 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6864 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
6865 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
6868 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6871 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
6872 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
6873 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
6874 executable and the shared library. */
6875 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6877 /* We need .stub section. */
6878 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6879 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6880 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6882 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6883 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->size
;
6885 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
6886 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
6888 /* Make room for this stub code. */
6889 s
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
6891 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
6892 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
6896 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6899 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
6900 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
6901 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6905 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6906 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6907 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6908 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
6910 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6911 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
6912 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6913 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6917 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6918 is not a function. */
6923 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
6926 _bfd_mips_vxworks_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6927 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6930 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
6931 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6932 unsigned int power_of_two
;
6934 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6935 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6936 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6938 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
6939 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
6942 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
6945 && !h
->def_regular
)));
6947 /* If the symbol is defined by a dynamic object, we need a PLT stub if
6948 either (a) we want to branch to the symbol or (b) we're linking an
6949 executable that needs a canonical function address. In the latter
6950 case, the canonical address will be the address of the executable's
6952 if ((hmips
->is_branch_target
6954 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6955 && hmips
->is_relocation_target
))
6959 && !h
->forced_local
)
6962 /* Locally-binding symbols do not need a PLT stub; we can refer to
6963 the functions directly. */
6964 else if (h
->needs_plt
6965 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6966 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
6967 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)))
6975 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
6976 for the header, and for the header's .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
6977 if (htab
->splt
->size
== 0)
6979 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_header_size
;
6981 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
6984 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
6985 h
->plt
.offset
= htab
->splt
->size
;
6986 htab
->splt
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
6988 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
6989 symbol's value to the address of the stub. For executables,
6990 point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy resolution stub;
6991 this stub will become the canonical function address. */
6992 if (!h
->def_regular
)
6994 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
6995 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->plt
.offset
;
6997 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+= 8;
7000 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
7001 htab
->sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
7002 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7004 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
7006 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7011 /* If a function symbol is defined by a dynamic object, and we do not
7012 need a PLT stub for it, the symbol's value should be zero. */
7013 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
7018 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7022 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
7023 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
7024 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
7025 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
7027 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7028 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
7029 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7030 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7034 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
7035 is not a function. */
7039 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
7040 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
7041 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
7042 object will contain position independent code, so all references
7043 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
7044 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
7045 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
7046 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
7047 same memory location for the variable. */
7049 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7051 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
7055 /* We need to figure out the alignment required for this symbol. */
7056 power_of_two
= bfd_log2 (h
->size
);
7057 if (power_of_two
> 4)
7060 /* Apply the required alignment. */
7061 htab
->sdynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (htab
->sdynbss
->size
,
7062 (bfd_size_type
) 1 << power_of_two
);
7063 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sdynbss
)
7064 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sdynbss
, power_of_two
))
7067 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in the section. */
7068 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sdynbss
;
7069 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sdynbss
->size
;
7071 /* Increment the section size to make room for the symbol. */
7072 htab
->sdynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
7077 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
7078 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
7079 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
7080 the current linking stage. */
7082 static bfd_size_type
7083 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7085 bfd_size_type count
;
7088 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
7091 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7093 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7094 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
7095 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
7096 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
7097 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
7103 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
7104 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
7105 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
7108 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7109 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7115 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7117 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
7118 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
7119 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
7121 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg
;
7122 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7124 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7126 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
7127 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
7129 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
7131 if (! (info
->relocatable
7132 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
7133 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
7134 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
, NULL
);
7136 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7138 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
7141 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
7145 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
7146 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
7148 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
7150 asection
*subsection
;
7152 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
7154 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
7156 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
7158 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
7159 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
7163 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
7164 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
7165 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
7166 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
7168 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
7171 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
7172 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
7174 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
7175 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
7178 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
7179 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
7180 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
7182 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
7183 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
7185 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
7186 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
7187 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
7188 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
7190 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
7191 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
7193 loadable_size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
* (i
+ 1);
7195 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7196 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS_GOT16
7197 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
7198 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
7201 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
7202 sections. Is 5 enough? */
7203 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
7205 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
7206 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7208 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
7209 s
->size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7211 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
7212 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
7213 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
7214 count_tls_arg
.info
= info
;
7215 count_tls_arg
.needed
= 0;
7216 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7217 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries
,
7219 g
->tls_gotno
+= count_tls_arg
.needed
;
7220 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7222 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
7224 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
7225 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
7227 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
7229 if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
7234 /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */
7235 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
7236 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, g
);
7242 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
7245 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7246 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7249 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
7250 bfd_boolean reltext
;
7251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7253 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7254 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7255 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
7257 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7259 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
7260 if (info
->executable
)
7262 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
7263 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7265 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
7267 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
7271 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
7272 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
7276 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7280 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
7281 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
7282 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
7284 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
7287 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
7291 const char *outname
;
7294 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
7295 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
7296 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
7297 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
7298 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
7300 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
7302 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
7304 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
7305 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7306 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
7309 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
7310 to copy relocs into the output file. */
7311 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
7314 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
7315 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
7316 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
7317 will move them around between input sections'
7318 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
7319 broken, so don't let it run. */
7320 info
->combreloc
= 0;
7323 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0)
7325 /* Executables do not need a GOT. */
7328 /* Allocate relocations for all but the reserved entries. */
7329 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7332 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
7333 count
= (g
->global_gotno
7335 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
));
7336 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, count
);
7339 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".got"))
7341 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
7342 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
7343 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
7345 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
7346 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
7347 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
7348 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
7352 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
7353 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
7355 /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever
7356 find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all
7357 resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */
7358 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
7359 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7361 unsigned int save_assign
;
7363 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
7365 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
7366 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
7367 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
7368 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
7369 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
7370 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
7371 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
7372 &set_got_offset_arg
);
7373 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
7374 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
7375 <= g
->global_gotno
);
7377 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
7380 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
7381 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
7382 + g
->next
->global_gotno
7383 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
7384 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
));
7390 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg
;
7394 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs
,
7396 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7397 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs
,
7400 needed_relocs
+= arg
.needed
;
7404 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
7407 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
7409 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
7410 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
7411 s
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
7413 else if (! info
->shared
7414 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7415 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
7417 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
7418 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
7421 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
7422 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
7423 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
7424 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
7425 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
7428 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
7434 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7438 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
7441 /* Allocate memory for this section last, since we may increase its
7443 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
7449 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
7450 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
7451 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7453 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
7458 /* Allocate memory for the .rel(a).dyn section. */
7459 if (sreldyn
!= NULL
)
7461 sreldyn
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, sreldyn
->size
);
7462 if (sreldyn
->contents
== NULL
)
7464 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
7469 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7471 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
7472 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
7473 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
7474 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
7475 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
7478 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
7479 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
7480 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
7482 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7484 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
7490 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
7491 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
7493 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
7498 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
7499 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
7501 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
7503 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
7506 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
7507 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
7508 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
7509 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
7510 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
7513 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
7516 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7518 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
7519 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
7520 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
))
7522 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
7525 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
7528 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
7531 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
7533 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
7536 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
7539 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
7545 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
))
7547 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
7550 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
7553 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
7557 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
7560 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
7563 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
7566 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
7569 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
7572 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
7575 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
7578 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
7579 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
7582 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
7583 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
7584 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
7585 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
7593 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
7594 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
7595 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
7596 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
7599 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7600 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7601 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7603 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
7604 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7607 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
, FALSE
))
7609 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7610 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
7611 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
7612 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
7613 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
7615 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
7616 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
7619 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7620 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7622 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
7623 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7625 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7626 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7629 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
7630 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
7631 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
7635 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
7638 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7639 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
7640 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7641 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
7642 asection
**local_sections
)
7644 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7645 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
7647 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
7648 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7650 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7651 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7652 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
7656 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7657 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
7658 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
7660 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
7661 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7664 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
7665 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
7667 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
7668 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
7669 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
7670 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
7671 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
7672 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
7673 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
7675 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
7677 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7681 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
7682 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
7683 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
7684 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
7685 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
7688 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
7690 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7692 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
7693 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
7694 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
7695 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
7696 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
7697 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
7698 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
7699 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7700 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
7701 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
7702 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
7704 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7706 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
7707 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
7709 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7710 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
7712 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
7714 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
,
7717 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7719 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
7720 combination of the addend stored in two different
7722 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
7723 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
7724 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
7725 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
7728 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7729 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7730 bfd_byte
*lo16_location
;
7733 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
7734 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7736 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7738 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
7739 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
7740 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
7741 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
7744 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7746 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16
7747 relocation must be immediately following.
7748 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation
7749 may be a composed relocation consisting of
7750 several relocations for the same address. In
7751 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur
7752 as one of these. We permit a similar extension
7753 in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
7754 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
,
7757 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7760 lo16_location
= contents
+ lo16_relocation
->r_offset
;
7762 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7763 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
,
7765 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7767 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
7768 input_bfd
, contents
);
7769 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
,
7771 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
7772 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7773 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7777 /* Compute the combined addend. */
7781 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
7784 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7785 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
7786 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
7789 if (info
->relocatable
)
7791 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
7792 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7795 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
7797 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
7798 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
7799 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
7800 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
7801 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
7802 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
7803 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
7804 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
7806 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
7808 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
7809 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
7810 source of the addend in the final link. */
7811 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
7813 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7814 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7815 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
7816 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
7817 but for endianness. */
7823 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7825 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7832 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7833 do two separate stores. */
7834 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7836 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7838 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7844 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7846 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7847 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7848 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7849 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7853 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
7854 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7859 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
7863 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
7864 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
7865 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
7867 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7868 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
7869 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
7870 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
7872 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
7874 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
7875 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
7876 input_section
, info
, rel
,
7877 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
7878 local_sections
, &value
,
7879 &name
, &require_jalx
,
7880 use_saved_addend_p
))
7882 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
7883 /* There's nothing to do. */
7886 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
7887 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
7888 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
7889 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
7890 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
7893 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
7894 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
7895 info
->callbacks
->warning
7896 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7899 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
7900 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7901 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
7902 a given location. */
7906 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7907 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
7908 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
7909 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
7922 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
7923 until we reach the last one. */
7924 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
7930 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
7931 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
7932 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
7933 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
7934 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
7935 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
7936 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
7937 only a 32-bit VMA. */
7943 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
7945 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
7952 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
7953 do two separate stores. */
7954 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
7956 /* Undo what we did above. */
7958 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
7960 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
7966 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
7968 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
7969 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7970 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
7971 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
7975 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
7976 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
7977 input_bfd
, input_section
,
7978 contents
, require_jalx
))
7985 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
7986 adjust it appropriately now. */
7989 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7990 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
7992 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
7993 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
7994 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
7997 "__dso_displacement",
7999 "__program_header_table",
8003 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
8011 const char* const *p
;
8014 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
8015 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
8018 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
8020 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
8022 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8023 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8025 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
8027 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
8029 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8035 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
8036 dynamic sections here. */
8039 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8040 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8041 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8042 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8046 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
8049 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8051 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8052 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8054 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
8057 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
8059 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
8061 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8063 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
8064 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
8065 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8067 BFD_ASSERT ((htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8068 || (h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff));
8070 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
8071 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
8073 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
8076 /* Fill the stub. */
8078 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
8080 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
8082 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8084 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
8088 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
8091 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
8092 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
8093 if (htab
->function_stub_size
== MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
)
8094 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
8095 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
8096 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff), stub
+ idx
);
8098 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
8101 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->size
);
8102 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, htab
->function_stub_size
);
8104 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
8105 only for the referenced symbol. */
8106 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8108 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
8109 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
8110 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
8111 sym
->st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
8115 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
8116 || h
->forced_local
);
8118 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8119 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
8120 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8121 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8122 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8124 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
8125 the symbols that need them. */
8126 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
8127 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8132 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8133 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
, R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
8134 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8137 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->type
!= STT_TLS
)
8139 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
8145 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
8147 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
8150 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8153 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
8158 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
8160 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
8161 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
8163 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
8164 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
8165 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
8166 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
8167 appropriate addend. */
8168 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
8170 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
8171 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
8172 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
8174 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
8175 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
8178 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8179 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
8180 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
8184 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
8185 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8190 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
8191 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
8192 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
8193 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
8194 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8195 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
8196 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
8198 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8199 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8202 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
8204 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8205 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8206 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
8208 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
8210 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
8211 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
8213 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8214 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8216 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8218 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
8220 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8221 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
8222 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
8223 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8225 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
8227 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
8228 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
8229 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
8230 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
8234 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
8235 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
8236 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
8240 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8241 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
8242 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
8244 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
8245 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8246 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
8247 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, s
->contents
);
8248 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
8249 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
8251 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
8252 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
8254 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
8255 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
8256 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
8257 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
8259 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
8263 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8264 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
8265 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
8270 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
8273 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8274 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8275 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
8276 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8280 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8281 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8283 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8284 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8286 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8289 bfd_vma plt_address
, plt_index
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
8290 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8291 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
8293 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8294 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
8295 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
8297 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
8298 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
8299 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
8302 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
8303 plt_index
= ((h
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_header_size
)
8304 / htab
->plt_entry_size
);
8306 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
8307 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
8308 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
8311 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
8312 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8313 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
8315 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
8316 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
8317 branch_offset
= -(h
->plt
.offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
8319 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
8320 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
8321 htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* 4);
8323 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
8324 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
8328 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
8329 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
8330 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
8334 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
8336 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
8337 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8338 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
8340 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
8341 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | plt_index
, loc
+ 4);
8342 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
8343 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
8344 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
8345 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
8346 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
8347 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
8349 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
8350 + (plt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8352 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
8353 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
8354 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8355 rel
.r_addend
= h
->plt
.offset
;
8356 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8358 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
8359 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8360 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
8361 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8362 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
8363 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8365 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
8366 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8368 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8369 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8372 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
8373 loc
= htab
->srelplt
->contents
+ plt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8374 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
8375 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
8377 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8379 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8380 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8383 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
8385 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8386 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
8387 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8388 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8389 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8391 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
8392 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
8393 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8396 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
8400 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
8401 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
,
8402 R_MIPS_GOT16
, info
);
8403 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
8405 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
8406 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8407 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
8408 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
8409 + sgot
->output_offset
8411 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8412 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
8413 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
8416 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
8419 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8421 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
8423 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8424 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
8425 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8426 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
8428 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
8429 htab
->srelbss
->contents
8430 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
8431 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
8432 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
8435 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
8436 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
8437 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
8442 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
8443 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
8446 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8448 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
8450 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
8451 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
8452 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8454 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8455 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
8457 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
8458 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8459 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
8460 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
8462 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8463 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
8465 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
8466 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
8468 /* Install the PLT header. */
8469 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
8470 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
8471 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
8472 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
8473 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
8474 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
8475 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
8477 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8478 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
8479 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
8480 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8482 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
8483 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8485 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
8486 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
8488 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8489 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
8490 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8492 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
8493 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
8494 in which symbols were output. */
8495 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
8497 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
8499 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8500 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
8501 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8502 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8504 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8505 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
8506 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8507 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8509 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
8510 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
8511 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
8512 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8516 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
8519 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8522 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8524 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8526 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
8527 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
8528 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
8529 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
8532 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
8535 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
8536 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8541 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
8542 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8544 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8545 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8547 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
8549 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8554 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
8555 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
8556 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
8557 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
8558 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8561 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8564 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
8566 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
8567 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
8569 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
8570 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
8571 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
8573 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8577 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
8579 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8580 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
8582 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8588 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
8592 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8593 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
8597 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
8599 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
8604 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8606 /* _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is defined to be the beginning
8607 of the ".got" section in DYNOBJ. */
8608 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, name
);
8609 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8610 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
8614 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
8615 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8616 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
8620 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
8621 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
8625 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
8628 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
8636 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
8641 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
8646 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
8647 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
8648 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8649 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
8652 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
8653 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
8656 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
8657 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
8658 entry of the first external symbol that is not
8659 referenced within the same object. */
8660 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
8663 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
8664 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
8666 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
8669 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
8670 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
8671 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
8673 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
8675 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8676 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
8677 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
8679 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
8682 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
8683 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info
);
8686 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
8687 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
8690 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
8691 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
8692 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
8693 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
8697 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8698 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
8700 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
8704 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8705 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
8709 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8710 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
8714 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
8715 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
8716 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
8720 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
8722 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
8724 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
8730 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
8731 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
8732 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
8733 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
8743 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
8744 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
8745 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
8749 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
8754 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
8755 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
8756 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
8759 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0)
8761 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
8763 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
8764 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
8765 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
8766 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
8767 to the lazy resolution stub. */
8768 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
8769 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
8771 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
8772 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8773 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
8775 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8779 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
8780 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
8781 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
8782 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
8783 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000,
8784 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8787 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
8788 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8791 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
8792 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
8794 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
8797 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
8798 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
8800 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
8802 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
8803 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
8805 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
8806 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8807 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
8808 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
8813 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
8815 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
8816 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
8817 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
8818 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
8819 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
8822 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
8827 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
8828 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
8831 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8834 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
8836 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
8838 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
8839 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
8840 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
8842 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
8845 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
8846 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
8848 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
8854 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
8855 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
8856 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
8857 are trailing null entries. */
8858 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8859 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
8860 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
8861 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
8862 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
8871 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
8878 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
8880 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
8882 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
8883 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
8887 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
8889 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
8890 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
8893 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
8894 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
8897 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
8898 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
8899 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
8902 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
8904 BFD_ASSERT (s
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
8905 dummy_offset
= s
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
8906 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
8907 htab
->function_stub_size
);
8912 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
8913 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
8914 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
8915 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
8916 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8918 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
8920 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
8922 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
8924 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
8925 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
8926 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
8927 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
8929 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
8930 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
8931 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
8936 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
8939 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
8941 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
8947 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
8950 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
8954 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
8957 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
8958 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
8961 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
8962 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
8965 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
8966 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
8969 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
8970 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
8971 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
8972 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
8973 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
8976 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
8977 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
8980 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
8981 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
8984 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
8985 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
8988 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
8989 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
8992 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
8993 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
8996 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
8997 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
9000 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
9001 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
9004 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
9005 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
9008 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
9009 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
9010 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
9011 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
9012 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
9013 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
9016 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
9017 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
9020 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
9021 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
9024 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
9025 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
9028 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
9029 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
9032 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
9033 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
9036 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
9037 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
9040 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
9041 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
9046 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
9047 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
9048 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
9051 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
9052 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9055 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
9059 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
9060 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
9061 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
9062 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
9063 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
9065 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
9066 info for each special section. */
9067 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
9068 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
9071 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
9074 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
9075 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
9077 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9080 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
9081 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9082 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9083 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
9084 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
9085 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
9086 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9087 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9090 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
9091 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9092 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9093 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
9094 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
9095 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9096 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
9097 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9098 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9101 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
9102 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
9104 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9105 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
9107 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9110 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
9111 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
9112 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
9113 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
9114 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
9115 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9116 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
9119 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
9120 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9122 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
9124 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
9125 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
9132 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
9136 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
9137 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9142 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
9143 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
9144 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
9147 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
9148 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
9149 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
9150 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
9153 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
9154 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
9155 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
9156 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
9162 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
9165 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
9166 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9169 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
9172 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
9174 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
9175 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
9177 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9178 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
9183 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9187 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
9191 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
9192 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9194 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
9195 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
9203 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
9204 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
9205 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
9208 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
9209 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
9210 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
9212 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
9214 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
9215 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
9220 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
9222 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9224 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
9225 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
9228 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
9230 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
9231 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9232 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
9233 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
9234 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
9235 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
9236 options_segment
->count
= 1;
9237 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
9238 *pm
= options_segment
;
9244 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
9246 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
9247 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
9248 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
9249 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
9250 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
9252 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9253 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
9258 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9262 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
9264 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
9269 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
9277 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
9278 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
9279 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
9289 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
9290 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
9292 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
9294 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
9297 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
9299 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
9300 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
9301 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
9302 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
9303 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
9305 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
9306 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
9310 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
9312 static const char *sec_names
[] =
9314 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
9318 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
9322 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
9324 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
9325 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
9332 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
9338 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9339 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
9341 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
9344 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
9345 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9352 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9354 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
9356 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
9370 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
9374 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
9375 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9376 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
9377 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9378 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9380 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
9384 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
9386 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
9387 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
9391 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9393 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9394 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9395 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9397 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9398 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
9406 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
9411 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
9414 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9415 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9416 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9417 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9420 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9421 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9422 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
9423 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
9424 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9425 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9427 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9428 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
9429 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
9431 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
9432 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
9433 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
9437 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
9438 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
9439 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
9440 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
9441 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
9442 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
9443 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
9444 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
9445 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
9446 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
9457 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
9458 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
9459 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
9460 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
9463 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9464 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
9465 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
9467 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
9469 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
9471 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9474 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
9475 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
9476 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
9477 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9478 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
9479 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9480 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
9482 if (dirmips
->tls_type
== 0)
9483 dirmips
->tls_type
= indmips
->tls_type
;
9487 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9488 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
,
9489 bfd_boolean force_local
)
9493 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9494 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9496 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
9497 if (h
->forced_local
)
9499 h
->forced_local
= force_local
;
9501 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9502 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& force_local
&& h
->root
.type
!= STT_TLS
9503 && (got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, TRUE
)) != NULL
9504 && (g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
) != NULL
)
9508 struct mips_got_entry e
;
9509 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
9511 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
9512 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
9513 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
9514 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
9515 the upper limit of global entries. */
9521 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
9522 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
9524 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
9529 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
9530 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
9531 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
9532 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
9533 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
9535 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
9536 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
9539 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
9540 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
9541 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
9544 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
9546 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
9547 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
9549 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
9555 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
9561 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
9562 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9565 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
9566 unsigned char *tdata
;
9569 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
9574 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
9576 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
9577 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
9580 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
9584 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
9592 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
9593 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
9595 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
9597 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
9606 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
9607 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
9613 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
9614 free (cookie
->rels
);
9620 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
9622 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
9628 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, asection
*sec
,
9631 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
9634 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
9637 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
9641 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
9642 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
9644 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
9646 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
9649 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
9652 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
9653 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
9657 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
9658 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
9660 struct mips_elf_find_line
9662 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
9663 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
9667 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
9668 asymbol
**symbols
, bfd_vma offset
,
9669 const char **filename_ptr
,
9670 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9671 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9675 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9676 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9680 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9681 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9682 line_ptr
, ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
9683 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9686 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
9690 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
9691 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
9692 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
9694 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
9695 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
9696 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
9697 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
9698 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
9699 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9701 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
9704 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
9707 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
9708 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
9710 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9713 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9717 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
9719 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9723 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
9724 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
9725 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
9726 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
9728 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9731 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
9732 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
9733 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
9734 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
9735 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
9736 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
9737 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
9739 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
9741 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
9742 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
9743 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
9744 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
9745 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
9746 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
9749 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
9750 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9753 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9757 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
9760 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
9762 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
9763 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9768 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9769 const char **filename_ptr
,
9770 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9771 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9774 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9775 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9776 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9781 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
9782 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
9783 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
9786 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
9787 const void *location
,
9788 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
9790 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
9794 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
9796 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
9797 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9798 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
9801 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
9804 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
9807 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
9810 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9813 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
9817 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
9818 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
9821 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
9823 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
9824 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
9826 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
9829 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
9830 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
9831 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9834 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
9835 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
9841 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
9842 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
9845 /* read in the section */
9846 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
9847 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
9850 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
9854 if (reloc_count
< 0)
9857 if (reloc_count
> 0)
9862 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
9865 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
9866 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
9867 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
9868 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
9869 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
9873 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
9874 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9881 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9882 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9883 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9886 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9887 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9889 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
9891 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
9892 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9894 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
9896 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9905 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
9907 char *error_message
= NULL
;
9908 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
9910 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
9911 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
9912 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
9914 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
9915 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
9916 to the generic handling. */
9918 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
9919 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
9920 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
9921 input_section
, relocatable
,
9924 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
9926 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
9931 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
9933 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
9934 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
9938 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9942 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
9943 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9944 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
9945 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
9948 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
9949 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
9950 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
9951 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9952 (*parent
)->address
)))
9955 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
9956 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
9958 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
9959 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
9960 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
9963 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
9972 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
9973 free (reloc_vector
);
9977 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
9978 free (reloc_vector
);
9982 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
9984 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
9985 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
9987 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
9988 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
9990 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
9994 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
9995 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
9996 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
)))
10003 /* We no longer use this. */
10004 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
10005 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
10007 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
10008 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
10009 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
10010 ret
->rld_value
= 0;
10011 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
10012 ret
->is_vxworks
= FALSE
;
10013 ret
->srelbss
= NULL
;
10014 ret
->sdynbss
= NULL
;
10015 ret
->srelplt
= NULL
;
10016 ret
->srelplt2
= NULL
;
10017 ret
->sgotplt
= NULL
;
10019 ret
->plt_header_size
= 0;
10020 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 0;
10021 ret
->function_stub_size
= 0;
10023 return &ret
->root
.root
;
10026 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
10028 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10029 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10031 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10033 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10036 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10038 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
10039 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10044 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
10045 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
10046 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
10049 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10052 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10053 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
10054 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
10055 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
10056 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
10057 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10058 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
10059 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
10060 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
10065 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10067 static const char * const secname
[] =
10069 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
10070 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
10072 static const int sc
[] =
10074 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
10075 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
10078 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
10079 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
10080 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
10082 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10083 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
10087 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10088 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount
;
10090 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
10091 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
10092 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
10093 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
10094 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
10097 dynsecsymcount
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
);
10098 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, dynsecsymcount
+ 1))
10101 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
10102 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10103 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
10104 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
10106 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
10107 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
10108 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
10109 <= g
->global_gotno
);
10112 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
10113 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
10115 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10117 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
10118 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
10119 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
10120 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10121 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
10122 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
10123 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
10124 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
10125 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
10126 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
10127 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10128 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10130 else if (info
->relocatable
)
10132 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
10134 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
10135 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10137 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
10140 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
10141 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
10145 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
10146 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
10147 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
10151 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
10153 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
10155 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
10156 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
10157 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10159 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
10161 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
10163 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
10164 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10165 the information together. */
10166 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10168 asection
*input_section
;
10170 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
10173 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10175 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10180 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10181 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10183 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10184 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
10187 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
10189 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
10190 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
10191 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
10192 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
10193 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
10195 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
10196 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
10197 finally written out. */
10199 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10200 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10201 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10204 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
10205 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
10207 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10208 matters, but someday it might). */
10209 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10214 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
10216 struct extsym_info einfo
;
10219 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
10220 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
10221 the information together. */
10222 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
10223 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
10224 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
10225 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
10226 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
10227 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
10228 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
10229 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
10230 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
10231 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
10232 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
10233 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
10234 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
10236 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
10238 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
10239 debug_info structure. */
10241 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
10242 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
10243 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
10244 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
10245 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
10247 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
10248 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
10249 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
10250 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
10252 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
10253 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
10257 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
10261 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
10262 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
10263 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
10264 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
10266 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
10268 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
10269 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
10272 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
10273 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
10276 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
10277 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
10278 secname
[i
], &esym
))
10282 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10284 asection
*input_section
;
10286 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
10287 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
10291 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10293 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10298 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10299 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10301 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
10302 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
10303 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
10305 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
10306 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
10307 want to deal with it. */
10311 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
10312 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
10314 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
10316 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
10317 read in the debugging information and set up an
10318 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
10319 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10323 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
10324 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
10325 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
10328 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
10329 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
10330 the linker global hash table and save the information
10331 for the output external symbols. */
10332 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
10333 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
10334 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
10335 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
10337 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
10338 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
10342 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10344 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
10345 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
10346 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
10347 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
10350 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
10351 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
10352 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
10353 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
10358 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
10359 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
10360 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
10366 /* Free up the information we just read. */
10367 free (input_debug
.line
);
10368 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
10369 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
10370 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
10371 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
10372 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
10373 free (input_debug
.ss
);
10374 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
10375 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
10376 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
10377 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
10379 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10380 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10381 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10384 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
10386 /* Create .rtproc section. */
10387 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
10388 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
10390 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
10391 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
10393 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
,
10396 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
10397 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
10401 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
10407 /* Build the external symbol information. */
10410 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
10412 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
10413 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
10414 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
10418 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
10419 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
10421 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10422 matters, but someday it might). */
10423 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10428 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
10430 const char *subname
;
10433 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
10436 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
10437 information describing how the small data area would
10438 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
10439 not used in executables files. */
10440 if (! info
->relocatable
)
10442 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10444 asection
*input_section
;
10446 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10448 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10453 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10455 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10456 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10457 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10460 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
10461 currently matters, but someday it might). */
10462 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10464 /* Really remove the section. */
10465 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
10466 --abfd
->section_count
;
10471 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
10472 uninitialized data. */
10473 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
10474 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
10475 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
10479 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10480 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
10481 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
10482 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
10486 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
10487 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
10488 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
10489 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
10490 case we must change the name of the output section. */
10491 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10492 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
10494 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
10495 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
10497 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
10498 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
10499 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
10502 /* Set up the first entry. */
10504 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
10505 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
10508 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
10509 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
10511 /* Combine the input sections. */
10512 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10514 asection
*input_section
;
10516 bfd_size_type size
;
10517 unsigned long last
;
10518 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
10520 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10522 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
10527 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10528 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
10530 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
10531 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
10532 sorted by ascending -G value. */
10533 size
= input_section
->size
;
10535 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10537 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
10539 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
10540 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
10546 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
10547 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
10548 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
10554 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
10556 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
10557 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
10560 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
10562 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
10563 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
10565 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
10571 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
10574 /* We need a new table entry. */
10575 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
10576 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
10577 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
10583 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
10584 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
10586 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
10587 value, since that will be implied by this new
10590 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
10592 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
10594 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
10595 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
10599 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
10600 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
10605 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
10608 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10609 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10610 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10613 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
10615 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
10617 /* Swap out the table. */
10618 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10619 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
10620 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
10626 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
10627 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
10630 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
10631 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
10633 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
10634 matters, but someday it might). */
10635 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10639 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
10640 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
10643 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
10645 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
10647 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
10649 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
10650 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
10654 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
10656 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
10657 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
10659 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
10662 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
10665 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
10667 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
10668 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
10669 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
10673 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
10675 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
10676 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
10677 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
10681 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
10683 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
10684 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
10686 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
10687 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
10688 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
10696 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
10698 struct mips_mach_extension
{
10699 unsigned long extension
, base
;
10703 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
10704 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
10706 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
10707 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
10708 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
10709 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
10711 /* MIPS V extensions. */
10712 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
10714 /* R10000 extensions. */
10715 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
10717 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
10718 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
10719 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
10720 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
10721 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
10722 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
10723 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
10725 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
10726 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10727 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10728 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10729 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10730 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
10732 /* VR4100 extensions. */
10733 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
10734 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
10736 /* MIPS III extensions. */
10737 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10738 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10739 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10740 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10741 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10742 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10743 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
10745 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
10746 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
10748 /* MIPS II extensions. */
10749 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
10750 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
10752 /* MIPS I extensions. */
10753 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
10754 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
10758 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
10761 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
10765 if (extension
== base
)
10768 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
10769 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
10772 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
10773 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
10776 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
10777 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
10779 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
10780 if (extension
== base
)
10788 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
10791 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
10793 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
10794 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
10795 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
10796 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
10797 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
10798 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
10799 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
10803 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
10804 object file when linking. */
10807 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
10809 flagword old_flags
;
10810 flagword new_flags
;
10812 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
10815 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
10816 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
10818 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10819 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
10824 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
10825 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10828 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
10830 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10831 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
10836 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
10837 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
10838 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
10840 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
10842 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
10843 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
10844 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10845 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
10847 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
10848 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
10849 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
10850 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
10852 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
10853 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
10860 /* Check flag compatibility. */
10862 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
10863 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
10865 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
10866 doesn't seem to matter. */
10867 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
10868 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
10870 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
10871 just be able to ignore this. */
10872 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
10873 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
10875 /* Don't care about the PIC flags from dynamic objects; they are
10877 if ((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0
10878 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10879 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
10881 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
10884 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
10885 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
10886 actually cause any incompatibility. */
10887 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
10889 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
10890 which are automatically generated by gas. */
10891 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
10892 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
10894 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
10895 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
10896 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
10898 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
10902 if (null_input_bfd
)
10907 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
10908 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
10910 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10911 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
10916 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
10917 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
10918 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
10919 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
10921 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
10922 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
10924 /* Compare the ISAs. */
10925 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
10927 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10928 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
10932 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
10934 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
10935 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
10937 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
10938 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
10939 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
10940 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
10941 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
10942 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
10943 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
10945 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
10946 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
10947 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
10948 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
10949 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
10950 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
10954 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
10955 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10956 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
10958 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
10959 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
10964 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
10965 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
10967 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
10968 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
10969 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
10970 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10971 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
10973 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
10974 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
10975 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10976 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
10978 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10979 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
10981 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
10982 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
10985 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
10986 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
10989 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
10990 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
10992 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
10994 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
10995 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
10998 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
10999 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
11001 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11002 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
11003 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
11004 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
11010 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11017 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
11020 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
11022 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
11023 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
11025 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
11026 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
11031 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
11035 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
11037 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
11038 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
11040 /* xgettext:c-format */
11041 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
11043 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
11044 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
11045 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
11046 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
11047 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
11048 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
11049 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
11050 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
11051 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
11052 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
11053 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
11054 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
11055 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
11056 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
11058 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
11060 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
11061 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
11062 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
11063 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
11064 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
11065 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
11066 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
11067 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
11068 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
11069 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
11070 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
11071 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
11072 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
11073 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
11074 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
11075 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
11076 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
11077 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64r2]"));
11079 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
11081 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
11082 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
11084 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
11085 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
11087 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
11088 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
11090 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
11092 fputc ('\n', file
);
11097 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
11099 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11100 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11101 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
11102 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11103 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
11104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
11105 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
11108 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
11109 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
11110 definiton of the symbol. */
11112 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11113 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
11114 bfd_boolean definition
,
11115 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11117 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
11119 unsigned char other
;
11121 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
11122 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
11123 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
11127 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
11128 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
11131 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
11132 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
11134 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
11136 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
11140 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11142 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
11143 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
11144 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);